blob: f7ab78a8bfbc34ecea1bdb9d2d41ce54b48d7d46 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000041
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050042Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000045
46 make CHANGELOG
47
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000048
49Where to get help:
50==================
51
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000052In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050053U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050054<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000058
59
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010060Where to get source code:
61=========================
62
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050063The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010064git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66
67The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020068any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70directory.
71
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010072Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010073ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74
75
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000076Where we come from:
77===================
78
79- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000080- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000081- clean up code
82- make it easier to add custom boards
83- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84- extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020088 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020092- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000093
94
95Names and Spelling:
96===================
97
98The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100in source files etc.). Example:
101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103
104File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109
110Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
112
113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000115
116
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000117Versioning:
118===========
119
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200120Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa0de21ec2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131
132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000133Directory Hierarchy:
134====================
135
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500140 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000143 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500144 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400145 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200146 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500147 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400149 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
151/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuan740f7e52016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800152/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500154/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500155/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
156/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
157/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400158/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500159/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
160/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
161/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500162/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
163/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500164/net Networking code
165/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500166/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
167/test Various unit test files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000169
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000170Software Configuration:
171=======================
172
173Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
174rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
175
176There are two classes of configuration variables:
177
178* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
179 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
180 "CONFIG_".
181
182* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
183 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
184 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200185 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000186
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500187Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
188symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
189U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
190allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
191build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000192
193
194Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
195---------------------------------------------------
196
197For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200198configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000199
200Example: For a TQM823L module type:
201
202 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200203 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000204
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500205Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
206you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
207doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000208
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600209Sandbox Environment:
210--------------------
211
212U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
213board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
214specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
215run some of U-Boot's tests.
216
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530217See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600218
219
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700220Board Initialisation Flow:
221--------------------------
222
223This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500224SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700225
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500226Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
227more detail later in this file.
228
229At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
230and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
231may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
232CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
233
234Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
235CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
236
237 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
238 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
239 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
240
241and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
242limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700243
244lowlevel_init():
245 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
246 - no global_data or BSS
247 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
248 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
249 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
250 board_init_f()
251 - this is almost never needed
252 - return normally from this function
253
254board_init_f():
255 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
256 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
257 - global_data is available
258 - stack is in SRAM
259 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
260 only stack variables and global_data
261
262 Non-SPL-specific notes:
263 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
264 can do nothing
265
266 SPL-specific notes:
267 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
268 version as needed.
269 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
270 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
271 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
272 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
273 directly)
274
275Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
276this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
277CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
278memory.
279
280board_init_r():
281 - purpose: main execution, common code
282 - global_data is available
283 - SDRAM is available
284 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
285 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
286
287 Non-SPL-specific notes:
288 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
289 there.
290
291 SPL-specific notes:
292 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
293 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
294 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
295 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
296 spl_board_init() function containing this call
297 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
298
299
300
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000301Configuration Options:
302----------------------
303
304Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
305such information is kept in a configuration file
306"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
307
308Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
309"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
310
311
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000312Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
313kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
314build a config tool - later.
315
316
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000317The following options need to be configured:
318
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500319- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000320
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500321- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200322
323- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100324 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000325
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530326- Marvell Family Member
327 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
328 multiple fs option at one time
329 for marvell soc family
330
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200331- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000332 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
333 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
335 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000336 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
337 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000338
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000339- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200340 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
341 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000343 See doc/README.MPC866
344
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200345 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000346
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000347 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
348 of relying on the correctness of the configured
349 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
350 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
351 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200352 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000353
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100354 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
355
356 Define this option if you want to enable the
357 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
358
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600359- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000360 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
361
362 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
363 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
364 compliance, among other possible reasons.
365
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000377 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
378
379 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
380 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
381 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
382
383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
384 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
385
386 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
387 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
388
389 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
390 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
391 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
392 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
393
394 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
395 this erratum.
396
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530397 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
398 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800399 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530400
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530401 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
402 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800403 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530404
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000405 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
406
407 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
408 according to the A004510 workaround.
409
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530410 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
411 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
412 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
413
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
415 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
416 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
417
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530418 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
419 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
420 connected to the DSP core.
421
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530422 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
423 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
424
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
426 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
427 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
428 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
429
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530430 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
431 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800432 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530433
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800434 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800435 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800436 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
437
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000438- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700439 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
440 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
441 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
442 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
443 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
444
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000445 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
446
447 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
448 values is arch specific.
449
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700450 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
451 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
452 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
453 SoCs.
454
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
456 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
457
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
459 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
460 deskew training are not available.
461
462 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
463 Freescale DDR1 controller.
464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
466 Freescale DDR2 controller.
467
468 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
469 Freescale DDR3 controller.
470
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
472 Freescale DDR4 controller.
473
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
475 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
476
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
478 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
479 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
480 implemetation.
481
482 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day62a3b7d2016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400483 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700484 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
485 implementation.
486
487 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
488 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700489 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
490
491 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
492 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
493 DDR3L controllers.
494
495 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
496 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
497 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700498
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
500 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
503 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
504
Prabhakar Kushwaha1c407072017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530505 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
506 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
507
Prabhakar Kushwahaadd63f92017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530508 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
509 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
510
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530511 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
512 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
513 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
514
515 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
516 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
517 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
518 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
519
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530520 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
521 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
522 concatenated with u-boot binary.
523
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
525 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
526
527 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
528 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
529
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800530 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
531 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
532 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
533 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
534
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800535 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
536 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
537 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
538 SoCs with ARM core.
539
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700540 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
541 Number of controllers used as main memory.
542
543 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
544 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
545
Prabhakar Kushwaha44937212015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530546 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
547 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
548
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530549 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
550 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
551
552 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
553 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
554
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200555- MIPS CPU options:
556 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
557
558 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
559 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
560 relocation.
561
562 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
563
564 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
565 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
566 Possible values are:
567 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
568 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
569 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
570 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
571 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
572 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
573 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
574 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
577
578 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
579 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
580
581 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
582
583 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
584 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
585 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
586
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000587- ARM options:
588 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
589
590 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
591 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
592
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700593 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
594 Generic timer clock source frequency.
595
596 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
597 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
598 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
599 at run time.
600
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700601- Tegra SoC options:
602 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
603
604 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
605 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
606 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
607
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000608- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000609 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
610
611 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
612 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
613 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
614 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
615 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
616 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
617 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000618 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100619 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000620 default environment.
621
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000622 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
623
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800624 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000625 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
626 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
627
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400628 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200629
630 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400631 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
632 concepts).
633
634 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
635 * New libfdt-based support
636 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500637 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400638
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200639 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
640 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
641 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
642 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200643 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600644 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200645
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200646 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
647 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500648
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600649 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
650
651 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
652 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000653
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600654 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
655
656 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
657 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
658 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
659 the kernel.
660
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200661 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
662
663 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
664 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
665 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
666 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
667 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
668 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
669
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000670 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
671
672 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
673 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
674 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
675 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
676 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
677 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
678 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
679
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100680- vxWorks boot parameters:
681
682 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700683 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
684 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100685 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
686
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100687 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
688 the defaults discussed just above.
689
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000690- Cache Configuration:
691 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
692 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
693 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
694
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000695- Cache Configuration for ARM:
696 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
697 controller
698 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
699 controller register space
700
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000701- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200702 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000703
704 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
705
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200706 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000707
708 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
709
710 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
711
712 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
713 the clock speed of the UARTs.
714
715 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
716
717 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
718 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
719 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
720
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400721 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
722
723 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
724 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000725
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000726- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000727 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
728 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
729 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
730 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000731
732 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
733 port routines must be defined elsewhere
734 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
735
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000736- Console Baudrate:
737 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
738 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200739 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
740 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000741
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100742- Console Rx buffer length
743 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
744 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100745 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100746 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
747 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
748 the SMC.
749
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000750- Autoboot Command:
751 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
752 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
753 define a command string that is automatically executed
754 when no character is read on the console interface
755 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
756
757 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000758 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
759 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
760 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000761
762 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000763 The value of these goes into the environment as
764 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
765 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200766 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000767
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100768- Bootcount:
769 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
770 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
771 cycle, see:
772 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
773
774 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
775 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
776 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
777 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
778 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
779 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
780 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
781 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
782 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
783
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000784- Pre-Boot Commands:
785 CONFIG_PREBOOT
786
787 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
788 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
789 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
790 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
791 entering interactive mode.
792
793 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
794 automatically generated or modified. For an example
795 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
796 modified when the user holds down a certain
797 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
798 booting the systems
799
800- Serial Download Echo Mode:
801 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
802 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
803 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
804 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
805 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
806 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
807 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
808
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500809- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000810 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
811 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200812 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
814- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500815 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
816 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000817 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
Joe Hershbergeref0f2f52015-06-22 16:15:30 -0500818 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000819
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500820 The default command configuration includes all commands
821 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000822
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100823 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
826 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
827 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
828 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
829 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -0400830 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500831 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800832 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500833 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500834 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500835 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
836 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
837 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600838 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
839 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
840 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
841 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500842 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
843 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500844 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500845 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
Nikita Kiryanovaa9e6042016-04-16 17:55:03 +0300846 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM_LAYOUT* EEPROM layout aware commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500847 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600848 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600849 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500850 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500851 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000852 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
853 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700854 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
855 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +0100856 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500857 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500858 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000859 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500860 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
861 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200862 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000863 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500864 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000865 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000866 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500867 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
868 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
869 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000870 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200871 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500872 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600873 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500874 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000875 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500876 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
877 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
878 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
879 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200880 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000881 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
882 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
884 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200885 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400886 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000887 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500888 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000889 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200890 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500891 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
892 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
893 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100894 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500895 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
896 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200897 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600898 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000899 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500900 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
901 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
902 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
903 host
904 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000905 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500906 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
907 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000908 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500909 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600910 CONFIG_SCSI * SCSI Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500911 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
912 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
913 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
914 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700915 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200916 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400917 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800918 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200919 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500920 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000921 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000922 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000923 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
924 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500925 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500926 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000927 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200928 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +0200929 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000930
931 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
932 support you can write:
933
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500934 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
935 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000936
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400937 Other Commands:
938 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000939
940 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500941 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000942 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
943 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
944 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
945 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
946 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
947 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000948
949
950 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
951
Simon Glass302a6482016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600952- Removal of commands
953 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
954 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
955 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
956 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
957 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
958 simple boot procedures.
959
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000960- Regular expression support:
961 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200962 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
963 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
964 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
965 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000966
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000967- Device tree:
968 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
969 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
970 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
971 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
972 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
973 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
974
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000975 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
976 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000977
978 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
979 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
980 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
981 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
982 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
983 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000984
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000985 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
986 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
987 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
988 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
989
990 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
991
992 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
993 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
994 still use the individual files if you need something more
995 exotic.
996
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000997- Watchdog:
998 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
999 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001000 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1001 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1002 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1003 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1004 available, then no further board specific code should
1005 be needed to use it.
1006
1007 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1008 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1009 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1010 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001011
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +01001012 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1013 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1014
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001015- U-Boot Version:
1016 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1017 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1018 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1019 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e512012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001020 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1021 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001022
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001023- Real-Time Clock:
1024
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001025 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001026 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1027 following options:
1028
1029 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1030 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001031 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001032 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001033 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001034 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001035 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001036 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001037 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001038 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001039 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001040 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001041 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1042 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001043
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001044 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1045 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1046
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001047- GPIO Support:
1048 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001049
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001050 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1051 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1052 pins supported by a particular chip.
1053
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001054 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1055 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1056
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001057- I/O tracing:
1058 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1059 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1060 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1061 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1062 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1063 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1064 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1065 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1066
1067 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1068 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1069 still continue to operate.
1070
1071 iotrace is enabled
1072 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1073 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1074 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1075 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1076 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1077 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1078
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001079- Timestamp Support:
1080
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001081 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1082 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1083 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001084 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001085
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001086- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1087 Zero or more of the following:
1088 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1089 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1090 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1091 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1092 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1093 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1094 disk/part_efi.c
1095 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001096
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001097 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -06001098 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001099 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001100
1101- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001102 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1103 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001104
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001105 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1106 be performed by calling the function
1107 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1108 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001109
1110- ATAPI Support:
1111 CONFIG_ATAPI
1112
1113 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1114
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001115- LBA48 Support
1116 CONFIG_LBA48
1117
1118 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001119 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001120 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1121 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1122
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001123 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001124 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1125 Default is 32bit.
1126
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001127- SCSI Support:
1128 At the moment only there is only support for the
1129 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1130 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1131
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001132 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1133 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1134 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001135 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1136 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001137 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001138
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001139 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1140 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001142- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001143 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001144 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1145
1146 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1147 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1148 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1149 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1150
1151 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1152 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1153 example with the "sspi" command.
1154
1155 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1156 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1157 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001158
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001159 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1160 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001161 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001162 write routine for first time initialisation.
1163
1164 CONFIG_TULIP
1165 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1166 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1167 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1168
1169 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1170 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1171
1172 CONFIG_NS8382X
1173 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1174
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001175- NETWORK Support (other):
1176
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001177 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1178 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1179
1180 CONFIG_RMII
1181 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1182
1183 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1184 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1185 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1186
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001187 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1188 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1189
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001190 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001191 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1192
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001193 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1194 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1195
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001196 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001197 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1198
1199 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1200 Define this to hold the physical address
1201 of the device (I/O space)
1202
1203 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1204 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1205
1206 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1207 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1208 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1209
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001210 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1211 Support for davinci emac
1212
1213 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1214 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1215
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001216 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1217 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1218
1219 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1220 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1221 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1222 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1223 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1224 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1225 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1226 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1227
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001228 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001229 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1230
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001231 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001232 Define this to hold the physical address
1233 of the device (I/O space)
1234
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001235 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001236 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1237
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001238 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001239 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1240 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001241 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001242
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001243 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1244 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1245
1246 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1247 Define the number of ports to be used
1248
1249 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1250 Define the ETH PHY's address
1251
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001252 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1253 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1254
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001255- PWM Support:
1256 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
Robert P. J. Day5052e812016-09-13 08:35:18 -04001257 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001258
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001259- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001260 CONFIG_TPM
1261 Support TPM devices.
1262
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001263 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1264 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001265 per system is supported at this time.
1266
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001267 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1268 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1269
Christophe Ricard3aa74082016-01-21 23:27:13 +01001270 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1271 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1272
1273 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1274 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1275 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1276
Christophe Ricardb75fdc12016-01-21 23:27:14 +01001277 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1278 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1279 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1280
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001281 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1282 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1283
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001284 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001285 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1286 per system is supported at this time.
1287
1288 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1289 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1290 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1291 0xfed40000.
1292
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001293 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1294 Add tpm monitor functions.
1295 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1296 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1297
1298 CONFIG_TPM
1299 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1300 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1301 Requires support for a TPM device.
1302
1303 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1304 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1305 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1306
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001307- USB Support:
1308 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001309 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001310 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1311 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001312 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001313 storage devices.
1314 Note:
1315 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1316 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001317 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1318 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1319 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001320 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1321 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001322 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1323 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1324 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001325 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1326 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001327 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001328 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1329 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001330
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001331 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1332 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1333
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001334 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1335 HW module registers.
1336
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001337- USB Device:
1338 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1339 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1340 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001341 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001342 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1343 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001344 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001345 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1346 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1347 a Linux host by
1348 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1349 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1350 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1351 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001352
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001353 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1354 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001355
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001356 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1357 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1358 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001359
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301360 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1361 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1362 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1363 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1364 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1365 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1366 speed.
1367
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001368 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001369 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1370 be set to usbtty.
1371
1372 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001373 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001374 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001375 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001376
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001377 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001378 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001379 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001380 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1381 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1382 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1383
1384 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1385 Define this string as the name of your company for
1386 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001387
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001388 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1389 Define this string as the name of your product
1390 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1391
1392 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1393 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1394 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1395 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1396 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001397
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001398 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1399 Define this as the unique Product ID
1400 for your device
1401 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001402
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001403- ULPI Layer Support:
1404 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1405 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1406 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1407 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1408 viewport is supported.
1409 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1410 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001411 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1412 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1413 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001414
1415- MMC Support:
1416 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1417 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1418 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1419 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001420 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1421 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001422
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001423 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1424 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1425
1426 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1427 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1428
1429 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1430 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1431
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001432 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1433 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1434
1435 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1436 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1437 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1438
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001439- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski01acd6a2015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001440 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001441 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1442
1443 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1444 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1445 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1446 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1447 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1448
1449 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1450 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1451
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001452 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1453 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1454
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301455 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1456 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1457 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1458 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1459 one that would help mostly the developer.
1460
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001461 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1462 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1463 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1464 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1465 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1466
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001467 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1468 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1469 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1470 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1471 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1472 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1473
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001474 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1475 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1476 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1477 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1478
1479 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1480 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1481 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1482 sending again an USB request to the device.
1483
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001484- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
Paul Kocialkowski17da3c02015-06-12 19:56:59 +02001485 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1486 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1487
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001488 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1489 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1490 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1491 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1492 used on Android devices.
1493 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1494
1495 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1496 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1497 image format header.
1498
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001499 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001500 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1501 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1502 downloaded images.
1503
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001504 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001505 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1506 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1507 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1508
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001509 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1510 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1511 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1512 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1513
1514 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1515 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1516 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1517 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1518
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001519 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1520 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1521 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1522 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1523 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1524 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1525 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
Petr Kulhavy6f6c8632016-09-09 10:27:18 +02001526 The default is "gpt" if undefined.
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001527
Petr Kulhavyb6dd69a2016-09-09 10:27:16 +02001528 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_MBR_NAME
1529 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1530 image to DOS MBR.
1531 This occurs when the "partition name" specified on the
1532 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1533 If not defined the default value "mbr" is used.
1534
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001535- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassb2482df2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001536 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001537 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1538
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001539 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1540 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001541 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1542
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001543- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1544 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001545
1546 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1547 file in FAT formatted partition.
1548
1549 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1550 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001551
Alexander von Gernleredb42db2016-10-07 19:44:14 +02001552- CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support:
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001553 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1554
1555 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1556 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1557 and cbfsload.
1558
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301559- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1560 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1561
1562 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1563 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1564
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001565- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001566 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1567
1568 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1569
1570 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1571 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1572 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1573 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1574 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001575
1576- Video support:
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001577 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001578 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001579 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1580 support, and should also define these other macros:
1581
1582 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1583 CONFIG_VIDEO
1584 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1585 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1586 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1587 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1588 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1589 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1590
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001591 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1592 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevam8eca9432016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001593 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001594 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001595
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001596- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1597
1598 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1599 display); also select one of the supported displays
1600 by defining one of these:
1601
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001602 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1603
1604 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1605
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001606 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001607
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001608 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001609
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001610 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001611
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001612 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1613 Active, color, single scan.
1614
1615 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1616
1617 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001618 Active, color, single scan.
1619
1620 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1621
1622 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1623 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1624
1625 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1626
1627 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1628 Active, color, single scan.
1629
1630 CONFIG_HLD1045
1631
1632 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1633 Active, color, single scan.
1634
1635 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1636
1637 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1638 or
1639 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1640 or
1641 Hitachi SP14Q002
1642
1643 320x240. Black & white.
1644
1645 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001646 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001647
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001648 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1649
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001650 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001651 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1652 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1653 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1654 a per-section basis.
1655
1656
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001657 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1658
1659 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1660 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1661 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1662 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1663 printed out.
1664 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1665 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1666 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1667 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1668 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1669 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1670 1 = 90 degree rotation
1671 2 = 180 degree rotation
1672 3 = 270 degree rotation
1673
1674 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1675 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1676
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001677 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1678
1679 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1680
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001681 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1682
1683 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1684 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1685
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001686- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001687
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001688 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1689 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1690 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001691 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001692 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1693 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1694 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1695 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001696
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001697 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1698
1699 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1700 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevamab5645f2016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001701 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001702 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1703 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1704 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1705 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1706 there is no need to set this option.
1707
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001708 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1709
1710 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1711 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1712 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1713 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1714 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1715 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1716
1717 Example:
1718 setenv splashpos m,m
1719 => image at center of screen
1720
1721 setenv splashpos 30,20
1722 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1723
1724 setenv splashpos -10,m
1725 => vertically centered image
1726 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1727
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001728- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1729
1730 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1731 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1732 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1733
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001734- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1735
1736 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1737 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1738 bmp command.
1739
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001740- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001741 CONFIG_GZIP
1742
1743 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1744
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001745 CONFIG_BZIP2
1746
1747 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1748 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1749 compressed images are supported.
1750
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001751 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001752 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001753 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001754
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001755 CONFIG_LZMA
1756
1757 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1758 images is included.
1759
1760 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1761 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1762 formula:
1763
1764 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1765
1766 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1767 and Literal pos bits.
1768
1769 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1770 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1771 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1772 a very small buffer.
1773
1774 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1775 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001776 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001777
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001778 CONFIG_LZO
1779
1780 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1781 is included.
1782
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001783- MII/PHY support:
1784 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1785
1786 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1787
1788 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1789
1790 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1791
1792 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1793
1794 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001795 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001796
1797 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1798
1799 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1800 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1801 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1802 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1803
1804 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1805
1806 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1807 command issued before MII status register can be read
1808
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001809- IP address:
1810 CONFIG_IPADDR
1811
1812 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001813 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001814 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001815 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001816
1817- Server IP address:
1818 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1819
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001820 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001821 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001822 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001823
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001824 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1825
1826 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1827 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1828
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001829- Gateway IP address:
1830 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1831
1832 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1833 default router where packets to other networks are
1834 sent to.
1835 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1836
1837- Subnet mask:
1838 CONFIG_NETMASK
1839
1840 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1841 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1842 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1843 forwarded through a router.
1844 (Environment variable "netmask")
1845
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001846- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1847 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1848
1849 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1850 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001851 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001852 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1853 multicast group.
1854
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001855- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1856 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1857
1858 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1859 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1860 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1861 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1862 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1863 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1864 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1865 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001866 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001867
1868 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1869 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1870 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1871 4th and following
1872 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1873
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001874 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1875
1876 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1877 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1878 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1879 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1880 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1881 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1882 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1883 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1884 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1885 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1886 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1887 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1888 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1889 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1890 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1891
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001892- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001893 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1894 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001895
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001896 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1897 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1898 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1899 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1900 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1901 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1902 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1903 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1904 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1905 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1906 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1907 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001908 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001909
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001910 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1911 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001912
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001913 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1914 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1915 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1916 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1917 is not available.
1918
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001919 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1920 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1921 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1922 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1923 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1924 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1925 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001926 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001927
1928 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1929 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1930 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001931 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001932 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1933 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001934
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001935 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1936
1937 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1938 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1939 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1940 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1941 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1942 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1943 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1944 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1945 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1946 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1947 this delay.
1948
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001949 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1950 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1951 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1952 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1953 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1954
1955 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1956
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001957 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001958 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001959
1960 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1961
1962 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1963
1964 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1965 of the device.
1966
1967 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1968
1969 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1970 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001971 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001972
1973 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1974
1975 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1976 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1977
1978 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1979
1980 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1981
1982 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1983
1984 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1985
1986 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1987
1988 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1989
1990 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1991
1992 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1993 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1994
1995 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1996
1997 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1998
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001999- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002000
2001 Several configurations allow to display the current
2002 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2003 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2004 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2005 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2006 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02002007 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002008 feature in U-Boot.
2009
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002010 Additional options:
2011
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02002012 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002013 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2014 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02002015 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002016 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2017
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002018 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2019 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2020 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2021 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2022 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2023 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2024
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002025- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2026
2027 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2028 on those systems that support this (optional)
2029 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2030
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002031- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002032
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002033 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2034 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2035 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2036 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2037 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2038 interface.
2039
2040 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002041 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2042 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2043 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2044 for defining speed and slave address
2045 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2046 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2047 for defining speed and slave address
2048 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2049 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2050 for defining speed and slave address
2051 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2052 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2053 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002054
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002055 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2056 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2057 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2058 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2059 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2060 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002061 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002062 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2063 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2064 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2065 second bus.
2066
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002067 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002068 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2069 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2070 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002071
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002072 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2073 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2074 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2075 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2076
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002077 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2078 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002079 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
2080 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
2081 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2082 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002083 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2084 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2085 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2086 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2087 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2088 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002089 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
2090 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002091 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002092 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2093
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002094 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2095 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2096 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2097
2098 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2099 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2100 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2101 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2102 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2103 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2104 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2105 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2106 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2107
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002108 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2109 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2110 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2111
2112 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2113 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2114 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2115 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2116 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2117 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2118 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2119 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2120 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2121 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002122 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002123
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002124 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2125 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2126 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2127 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2128 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2129 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2130 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2131 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2132 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2133 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2134 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2135 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2136
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002137 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2138 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2139 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2140 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2141
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302142 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2143 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2144 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2145 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2146 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2147
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002148 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2149 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2150 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2151 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2152 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2153 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2154 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2155 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2156 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2157 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2158 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2159 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2160 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2161 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach071be892015-10-28 11:46:22 +01002162 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
2163 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
2164 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
2165 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
2166 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
2167 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
2168 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
2169 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
2170 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002171
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002172 additional defines:
2173
2174 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06002175 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002176
2177 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2178 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2179 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2180 omit this define.
2181
2182 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2183 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2184 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2185 define.
2186
2187 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002188 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002189 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2190 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2191 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2192
2193 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2194 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2195 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2196 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2197 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2198 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2199 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2200 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2201 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2202 }
2203
2204 which defines
2205 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002206 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2207 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2208 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2209 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2210 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002211 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002212 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2213 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002214
2215 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2216
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002217- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002218
2219 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2220 provides the following compelling advantages:
2221
2222 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2223 - approved multibus support
2224 - better i2c mux support
2225
2226 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2227
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002228 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2229 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2230 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002231
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002232 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002233 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002234 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2235 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002236 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002237
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002238 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002239
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002240 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002241 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002242
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002243 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002244 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002245 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002246 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002247
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002248 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002249 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002250 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2251 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2252 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002253
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002254 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2255
2256 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2257 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2258 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2259 commands until the slave device responds.
2260
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002261 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002262
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002263 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002264 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2265 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002266
2267 I2C_INIT
2268
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002269 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002270 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002271
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002272 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002273
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002274 I2C_PORT
2275
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002276 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2277 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2278 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002279
2280 I2C_ACTIVE
2281
2282 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2283 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2284 define can be null.
2285
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002286 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2287
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002288 I2C_TRISTATE
2289
2290 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2291 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2292 define can be null.
2293
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002294 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2295
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002296 I2C_READ
2297
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002298 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2299 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002300
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002301 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2302
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002303 I2C_SDA(bit)
2304
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002305 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2306 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002307
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002308 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002309 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002310 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002311
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002312 I2C_SCL(bit)
2313
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002314 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2315 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002316
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002317 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002318 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002319 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002320
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002321 I2C_DELAY
2322
2323 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2324 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002325 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002326 like:
2327
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002328 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002329
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002330 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2331
2332 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2333 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2334 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2335 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2336
2337 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2338 the generic GPIO functions.
2339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002340 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002341
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002342 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2343 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2344 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2345 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2346 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2347 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2348 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2349 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002350
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002351 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2352
2353 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2354 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2355 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2356 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2357 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2358 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2359 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2360 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2361
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002362 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2363
2364 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2365 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2366 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2367
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002368 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2369
2370 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002371 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2372 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002373 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2374
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002375 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002376
2377 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002378 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002379 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2380 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002381
2382 e.g.
2383 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002384 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002385
2386 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2387
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002388 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06002389 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002390
2391 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2392
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002393 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002394
2395 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2396 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2397
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002398 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002399
2400 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2401 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2402
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002403 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002404
2405 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2406 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2407
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002408 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002409
2410 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2411 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2412 specified DTT device.
2413
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002414 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2415
2416 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2417 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2418 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2419 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2420 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2421 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2422 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002423
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002424- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2425
2426 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2427 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2428 D/As on the SACSng board)
2429
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002430 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2431
2432 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2433 only SH7757 is supported.
2434
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002435 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2436
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002437 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2438 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2439 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2440 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2441 defined, the board configuration must define several
2442 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2443 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002444
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002445 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2446
2447 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2448 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2449 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002450 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002451 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2452
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002453 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2454
2455 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002456 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002457
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002458 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2459 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2460 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2461
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002462- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2463
2464 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2465
2466 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2467
2468 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2469 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2470
2471 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2472
2473 Enables support for FPGA family.
2474 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2475
2476 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002477
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002478 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002479
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302480 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2481
2482 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2483
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002484 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2485
2486 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2487
2488 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2489
2490 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2491 (Xilinx only)
2492
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002493 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002494
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002495 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002496
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002497 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002498
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002499 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2500 status by the configuration function. This option
2501 will require a board or device specific function to
2502 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002503
2504 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2505
2506 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2507 configuration driver.
2508
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002509 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002510 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2511
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002512 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002513
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002514 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2515 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2516 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2517 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002518
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002519 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002520
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002521 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2522 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002523 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002524 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002525
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002526 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002527
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002528 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002529 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002530
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002531 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002532
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002533 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002534 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002535
2536- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002537 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2538
2539 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2540 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2541 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2542 special image will be automatically built upon calling
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06002543 make / buildman.
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002544
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002545 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2546
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002547 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2548 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002549
2550- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2551
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002552 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2553 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002554 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002555 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2556 protects these variables from casual modification by
2557 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2558 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002559 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002560
2561 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2562 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002563 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002564 these parameters.
2565
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002566 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2567 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002568 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002569 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2570 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2571 read-only.]
2572
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002573 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2574 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2575 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2576 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2577
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002578- Protected RAM:
2579 CONFIG_PRAM
2580
2581 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2582 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2583 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2584 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2585 this default value by defining an environment
2586 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2587 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2588 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2589 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2590 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2591 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2592 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2593
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002594 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002595 saveenv
2596
2597 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2598 either, which results in a memory region that will
2599 not be affected by reboots.
2600
2601 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2602 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2603 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2604 following board configurations are known to be
2605 "pRAM-clean":
2606
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002607 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2608 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002609 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002610
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002611- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2612 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2613 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2614 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2615 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2616 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2617 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2618
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002619- Error Recovery:
2620 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2621
2622 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2623 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2624 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002625 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002626 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2627 useful during development since you can try to debug
2628 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2629
2630 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2631
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002632 This variable defines the number of retries for
2633 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2634 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2635 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002636
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002637 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2638
2639 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2640
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002641 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2642
2643 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2644 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2645 try longer timeout such as
2646 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2647
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002648- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002649 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002650
2651 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2652
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002653 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002654
2655 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2656 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2657 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2658
2659 Note:
2660
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002661 In the current implementation, the local variables
2662 space and global environment variables space are
2663 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2664 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2665 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2666 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2667 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002668
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002669 Global environment variables are those you use
2670 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2671 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2672 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002673
2674 To store commands and special characters in a
2675 variable, please use double quotation marks
2676 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2677 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2678 symbols.
2679
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002680- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002681 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2682
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002683 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002684 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002685
Marek Vasutf3b267b2016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002686- Command Line PS1/PS2 support:
2687 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2688
2689 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2690 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2691 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2692 and PS2.
2693
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002694- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002695 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2696
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002697 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2698 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002699 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002700
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002701 For example, place something like this in your
2702 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002703
2704 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2705 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2706 "myvar2=value2\0"
2707
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002708 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2709 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2710 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2711 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002712 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002713 You better know what you are doing here.
2714
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002715 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2716 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002717 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002718 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002719
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002720 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2721
2722 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2723 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2724 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2725
2726 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2727
2728 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2729 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2730 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2731 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2732 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2733
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002734 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2735
2736 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2737 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2738 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2739
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002740 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2741
2742 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002743 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002744 that so that the environment is not available until
2745 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2746 this is instead controlled by the value of
2747 /config/load-environment.
2748
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002749- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002750 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2751
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002752 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2753 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2754 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002755
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002756- Serial Flash support
2757 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2758
2759 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2760 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2761
2762 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2763 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2764 commands.
2765
2766 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2767 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2768 flash is present on the system.
2769
2770 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2771 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2772 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2773 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2774
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002775 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2776
2777 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2778 test ('sf test').
2779
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302780 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2781
2782 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2783 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002784 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302785
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002786- SystemACE Support:
2787 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2788
2789 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2790 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002791 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002792 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002793
2794 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002795 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002796
2797 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2798 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2799
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002800- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2801 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2802
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002803 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002804 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002805 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002806 number generator is used.
2807
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002808 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2809 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2810 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2811
2812 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002813 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2814 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2815 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2816 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2817 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2818 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2819
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002820- Hashing support:
2821 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2822
2823 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2824 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2825
2826 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2827
2828 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2829 size a little.
2830
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05302831 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
2832 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
2833 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
2834 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
2835 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
2836 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
2837 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
2838 hash_lookup_algo() function.
2839 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
2840 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
2841 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
2842 is performed in hardware.
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002843
2844 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2845 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2846
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002847- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2848 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2849 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2850 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2851
2852 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2853 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2854 a boot from specific media.
2855
2856 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2857 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2858 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2859 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2860 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2861
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002862- bootcount support:
2863 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2864
2865 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2866 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2867
2868 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2869 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002870 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2871 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2872 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2873 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2874 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2875 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2876 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2877 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2878 the bootcounter.
2879 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002880
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002881- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002882 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2883
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002884 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2885 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2886 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2887 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2888 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2889 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002890
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002891
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002892Legacy uImage format:
2893
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002894 Arg Where When
2895 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002896 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002897 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002898 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002899 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002900 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002901 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2902 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2903 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002904 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002905 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2906 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2907 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2908 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002909 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002910 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002911
2912 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2913 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2914 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2915 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2916 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2917 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2918 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002919 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002920 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2921 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2922
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002923 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002924
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002925 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd542004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002926 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2927 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002928
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002929 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2930 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2931 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2932 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2933 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2934 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2935 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2936 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2937 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2938 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2939 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2940 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2941 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2942 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2943 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2944 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2945 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2946 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2947 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2948 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2949 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2950 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2951 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2952 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2953 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2954 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2955 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2956 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2957 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2958 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2959 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2960 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2961 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2962 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2963 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2964 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2965 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2966 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2967 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2968 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2969 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2970 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2971 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2972 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2973 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2974 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2975 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002976
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002977 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002978
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002979 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002980 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2981 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002982
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002983 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05002984 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
2985 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
2986 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002987 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2988 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002989 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2990 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002991 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002992
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002993FIT uImage format:
2994
2995 Arg Where When
2996 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2997 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2998 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2999 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3000 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3001 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003002 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003003 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3004 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3005 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3006 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3007 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003008 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3009 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003010 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3011 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3012 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3013 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3014 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3015 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3016 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3017 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3018
3019 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3020 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3021 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003022 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003023 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3024 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3025 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3026 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3027 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3028 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3029 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3030 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3031 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3032 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3033 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3034 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3035
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003036 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003037 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3038
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003039 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003040 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3041
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003042 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003043 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3044
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003045- legacy image format:
3046 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3047 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3048
3049 Default:
3050 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3051
3052 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3053 disable the legacy image format
3054
3055 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3056 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3057
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003058- FIT image support:
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003059 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3060 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3061 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3062 with this option.
3063
Simon Glass73223f02016-02-22 22:55:43 -07003064 TODO(sjg@chromium.org): Adjust this option to be positive,
3065 and move it to Kconfig
3066
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003067- Standalone program support:
3068 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3069
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003070 This option defines a board specific value for the
3071 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3072 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003073 settings.
3074
3075- Frame Buffer Address:
3076 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3077
3078 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003079 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3080 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3081 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3082 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3083 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3084 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3085 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003086
3087 Please see board_init_f function.
3088
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003089- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3090 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3091 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3092 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3093
3094 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3095 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3096
3097- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3098 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3099
3100 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3101 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3102
3103 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3104
3105 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3106 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3107
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003108- UBI support
3109 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3110
3111 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3112 with the UBI flash translation layer
3113
3114 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3115
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003116 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3117
3118 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3119 warnings and errors enabled.
3120
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003121
3122 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3123 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3124 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3125 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3126 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3127 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3128
3129 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3130 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3131 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3132 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3133 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3134
3135 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003136
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003137 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3138 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3139 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3140 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3141 flash), this value is ignored.
3142
3143 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3144 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3145 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3146 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3147 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3148 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3149
3150 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3151 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3152 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3153 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3154 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3155 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3156 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3157 partition.
3158
3159 default: 20
3160
3161 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3162 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3163 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3164 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3165 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3166 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3167 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3168 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3169 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3170 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3171 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3172 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3173
3174 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3175 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3176 without a fastmap.
3177 default: 0
3178
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02003179 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
3180 Enable UBI fastmap debug
3181 default: 0
3182
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003183- UBIFS support
3184 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3185
3186 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3187 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3188
3189 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3190
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003191 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3192
3193 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3194 warnings and errors enabled.
3195
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003196- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003197 CONFIG_SPL
3198 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003199
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003200 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3201 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3202
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003203 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3204 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3205 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3206 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003207 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003208 must not be both defined at the same time.
3209
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003210 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003211 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3212 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3213 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3214 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003215
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003216 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3217 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003218
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003219 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3220 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3221 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3222
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003223 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3224 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3225
3226 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003227 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3228 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3229 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003230 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003231 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003232
3233 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3234 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3235
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02003236 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3237 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3238 loaded does not have a signature.
3239 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3240 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3241 will be caught.
3242 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3243 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3244 and thus should be skipped silently.
3245
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003246 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3247 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3248 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3249 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3250
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003251 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3252 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam9ac4fc82015-11-12 12:30:19 -02003253 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
3254 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
3255 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003256
3257 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3258 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003259
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003260 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3261 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3262 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3263 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3264
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003265 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3266 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3267 See also: doc/README.falcon
3268
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003269 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3270 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3271 about the running system.
3272
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003273 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3274 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3275
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003276 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3277 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3278 used in raw mode
3279
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003280 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3281 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3282 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3283
3284 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3285 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3286 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3287 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3288 (for falcon mode)
3289
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003290 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3291 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3292 used in fs mode
3293
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003294 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3295 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3296
3297 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003298 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003299 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003300
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003301 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003302 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003303 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003304
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003305 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3306 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3307 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3308 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3309 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3310
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303311 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3312 Avoid SPL relocation
3313
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003314 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3315 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3316 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3317
3318 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3319 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3320
3321 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3322 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3323
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003324 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003325 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3326 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003327
Thomas Gleixner6f4e7d32016-07-12 20:28:12 +02003328 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
3329 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
3330 loader
3331
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003332 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3333 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3334 if you need to save space.
3335
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003336 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3337 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3338 SPL binary.
3339
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003340 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3341 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3342 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3343 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3344 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3345 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003346 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003347
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303348 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3349 Add support NAND boot
3350
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003351 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003352 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3353
3354 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3355 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3356
3357 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3358 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003359
3360 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003361 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003362
3363 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3364 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003365 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003366
3367 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3368 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3369 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3370
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003371 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3372 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3373
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003374 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003375 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3376 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3377 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3378 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3379 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003380
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003381 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3382 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3383 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3384 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3385
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003386 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3387 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3388 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3389 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3390 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3391
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003392- TPL framework
3393 CONFIG_TPL
3394 Enable building of TPL globally.
3395
3396 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3397 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3398 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003399 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3400 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3401 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003402
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003403- Interrupt support (PPC):
3404
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003405 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3406 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003407 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003408 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003409 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003410 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003411 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003412 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3413 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3414 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003415
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003416
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003417Board initialization settings:
3418------------------------------
3419
3420During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3421to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3422before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3423following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3424architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3425typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3426
3427- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3428- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3429- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3430- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003431
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003432Configuration Settings:
3433-----------------------
3434
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003435- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3436 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3437
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003438- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003439 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3440
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003441- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3442 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3443
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003444- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003445 prompt for user input.
3446
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003447- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003448
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003449- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003450
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003451- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003452
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003453- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003454 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3455 booted
3456
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003457- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003458 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3459
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003460- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003461 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3462 simple memory test.
3463
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003464- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003465 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003466
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003467- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003468 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3469 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3470
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003471- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003472 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003473 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
3474 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
3475 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003476 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003477 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
3478 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
3479
York Sunaabd7dd2015-12-07 11:05:29 -08003480- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003481 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003482 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003483 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003484 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3485 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3486 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003487 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003488 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003489 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003490
3491 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3492 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3493 be touched.
3494
3495 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3496 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3497 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3498 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3499 problems.
3500
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003501- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003502 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3503
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003504- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003505 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3506
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003507- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003508 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3509
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003510- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003511 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3512 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003513 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003514 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003515
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003516- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003517 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3518 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3519 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3520 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003521
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003522- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003523 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3524
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003525- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3526 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3527 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3528 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3529 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3530 space.
3531
3532 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3533 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3534 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003535 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003536 U-Boot relocates itself.
3537
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003538- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3539 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3540 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3541 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3542
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003543- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3544 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3545 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3546 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3547 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3548 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3549 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3550 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3551 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3552 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3553 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3554 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3555 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3556 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3557 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3558 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3559
3560 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3561
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003562- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003563 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3564 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003565 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003566 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3567
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003568- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003569 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3570 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003571 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3572 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003573 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003574 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003575 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003576 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3577 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3578 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003579
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003580- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3581 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3582 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3583 is enabled.
3584
3585- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3586 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3587 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3588
3589- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3590 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3591 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3592
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003593- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003594 Max number of Flash memory banks
3595
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003596- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003597 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3598
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003599- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003600 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3601
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003602- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003603 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3604
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003605- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003606 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3607
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003608- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003609 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3610
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003611- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003612 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3613 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3614
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003615- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003616
3617 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3618 without this option such a download has to be
3619 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3620 copy from RAM to flash.
3621
3622 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3623 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003624 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3625 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003626 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3627
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003628- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003629 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003630 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3631
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003632- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003633 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3634 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003635
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003636- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3637 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3638 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3639 to the MTD layer.
3640
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003641- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003642 Use buffered writes to flash.
3643
3644- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3645 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3646 write commands.
3647
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003648- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003649 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3650 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3651 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3652 optionally available.
3653
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003654- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3655 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3656 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3657 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3658
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003659- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3660 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3661 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3662 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3663 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3664 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3665 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3666 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3667
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003668- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003669 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3670 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003671 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3672 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003673 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003674 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3675
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003676- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3677
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003678 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3679 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3680 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3681 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3682 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003683
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003684- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3685- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003686 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003687 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3688 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3689 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3690
3691 The format of the list is:
3692 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003693 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
3694 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003695 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3696 list = entry[,list]
3697
3698 The type attributes are:
3699 s - String (default)
3700 d - Decimal
3701 x - Hexadecimal
3702 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3703 i - IP address
3704 m - MAC address
3705
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003706 The access attributes are:
3707 a - Any (default)
3708 r - Read-only
3709 o - Write-once
3710 c - Change-default
3711
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003712 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3713 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003714 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003715
3716 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3717 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3718 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3719 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3720 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3721 ".flags" variable.
3722
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003723 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3724 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
3725 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
3726
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003727- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3728 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3729 access flags.
3730
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003731- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3732 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3733 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003734 the value can be calculated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003735
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06003736- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
3737 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
3738 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
3739 building U-Boot to enable this.
3740
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003741The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3742of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3743following configurations:
3744
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003745- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3746
3747 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3748 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3749
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003750- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003751
3752 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3753
3754 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3755 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3756 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3757 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3758 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3759 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3760 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3761 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3762 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3763 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3764 between U-Boot and the environment.
3765
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003766 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003767
3768 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3769 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3770 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3771 for this sector is given here.
3772
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003773 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003774
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003775 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003776
3777 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3778 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003779 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003780
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003781 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003782
3783 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3784
3785
3786 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3787 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3788 the environment.
3789
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003790 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003791
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003792 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003793 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003794 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3795 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3796
3797 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3798 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3799 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3800 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3801 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3802 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3803 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3804 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3805 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3806
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003807 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3808 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003809
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003810 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003811 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003812 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003813 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003814
3815BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3816source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3817accordingly!
3818
3819
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003820- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003821
3822 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3823 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3824 environment.
3825
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003826 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3827 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003829 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003830 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3831 can just be read and written to, without any special
3832 provision.
3833
3834BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003835in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003836console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003837U-Boot will hang.
3838
3839Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3840environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3841keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3842to save the current settings.
3843
3844
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003845- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003846
3847 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3848 device and a driver for it.
3849
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003850 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3851 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003852
3853 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3854 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3855
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003856 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003857 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3858 The default address is zero.
3859
Christian Gmeiner189d2572015-02-11 15:19:31 +01003860 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
3861 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
3862
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003863 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003864 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3865 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3866 would require six bits.
3867
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003868 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003869 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003870 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003871
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003872 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003873 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3874 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3875
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003876 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003877 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3878 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3879 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3880 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3881 byte chips.
3882
3883 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3884 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3885 in the chip address.
3886
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003887 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003888 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3889
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003890 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3891 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3892 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3893
3894 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3895 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3896 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3897 EEPROM. For example:
3898
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003899 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003900
3901 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3902 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003903
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003904- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003905
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003906 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003907 want to use for the environment.
3908
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003909 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3910 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3911 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003912
3913 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3914 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3915 at the specified address.
3916
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08003917- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
3918
3919 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
3920 want to use for the environment.
3921
3922 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3923 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3924
3925 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3926 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3927 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3928
3929 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
3930
3931 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
3932
3933 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3934
3935 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
3936 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3937 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass9dd05fb2016-10-02 18:00:58 -06003938 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08003939 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3940
3941 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
3942 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
3943
3944 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
3945
3946 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
3947
3948 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
3949
3950 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
3951
3952 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
3953
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003954- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3955
3956 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3957 want to use for the local device's environment.
3958
3959 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3960 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3961
3962 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3963 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3964 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003965 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003966
3967BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3968"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003969environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3970but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003971
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003972- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003973
3974 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3975 for the environment.
3976
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003977 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3978 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003979
3980 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003981 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3982 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003983
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003984 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003985
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003986 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003987 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3988 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass9dd05fb2016-10-02 18:00:58 -06003989 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003990 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003991
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003992 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3993
3994 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3995 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3996 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3997 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3998 the range to be avoided.
3999
4000 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4001
4002 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4003 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4004 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4005 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4006 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004007
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004008- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4009
4010 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4011 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4012 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4013
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004014- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4015
4016 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4017 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4018 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4019
4020 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4021
4022 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4023
4024 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4025
4026 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4027 environment in.
4028
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004029 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4030
4031 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4032 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4033 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4034
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004035 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4036 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4037
4038 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4039 when storing the env in UBI.
4040
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004041- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4042 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4043
4044 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4045
4046 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4047
Nicolae Rosia41987782016-11-21 17:33:58 +02004048 - FAT_ENV_DEVICE_AND_PART:
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004049
4050 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4051 be as following:
4052
4053 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4054 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4055 partition table.
4056 - "D:0": device D.
4057 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4058 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4059 table.
4060 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004061 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004062 partition table then means device D.
4063
4064 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4065
4066 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004067 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004068
4069 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004070 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004071
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004072- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4073
4074 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4075 environment.
4076
4077 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4078
4079 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4080
4081 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4082
4083 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4084 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4085 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4086
4087 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4088 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4089
4090 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4091 area within the specified MMC device.
4092
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004093 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4094 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4095 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4096 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4097 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4098 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4099 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4100
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004101 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4102 MMC sector boundary.
4103
4104 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4105
4106 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4107 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4108 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4109 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4110
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004111 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4112 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4113
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004114 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4115 an MMC sector boundary.
4116
4117 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4118
4119 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4120 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4121 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4122
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004123- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004124
4125 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4126 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4127 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4128 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4129 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4130 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4131 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4132
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004133Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004134has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004135created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004136until then to read environment variables.
4137
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004138The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4139is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4140with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4141necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4142"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4143have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004144
4145Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4146the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004147use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004148
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004149- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004150 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004151
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004152 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004153 also needs to be defined.
4154
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004155- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004156 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004157
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004158- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4159 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4160 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4161 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4162 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4163 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4164
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004165- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4166 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4167 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4168 to do this.
4169
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004170- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4171 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4172 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4173 present.
4174
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004175- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4176 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4177 build system checks that the actual size does not
4178 exceed it.
4179
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004180Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004181---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004182
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004183- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004184 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4185
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004186- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004187 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004188
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004189 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4190 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4191 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004192
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004193- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4194 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4195 PowerPC SOCs.
4196
4197- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4198 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4199 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4200
4201 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4202 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4203
4204- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4205 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4206 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004207 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004208 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4209 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4210 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4211
4212 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4213 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4214
4215- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004216 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4217 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004218 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4219 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4220
4221- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4222 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4223 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4224 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4225
4226- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4227 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4228 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4229
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004230- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004231 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004232
4233 the default drive number (default value 0)
4234
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004235 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004236
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004237 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004238 (default value 1)
4239
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004240 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004241
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004242 defines the offset of register from address. It
4243 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004244 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004245
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004246 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4247 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004248 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004249
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004250 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004251 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4252 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004253 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004254 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004255
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004256- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4257 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4258 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4259 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4260 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4261 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004262 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004263
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004264- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004265 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004266 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004267
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004268- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004269
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004270 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004271 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4272 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4273 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4274 will become available only after programming the
4275 memory controller and running certain initialization
4276 sequences.
4277
4278 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4279 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4280 - MPC824X: data cache
4281 - PPC4xx: data cache
4282
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004283- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004284
4285 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004286 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4287 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004288 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004289 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glassacd51f92016-10-02 18:01:06 -06004290 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004291 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4292 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004293
4294 Note:
4295 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4296 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004297 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004298 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4299 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4300
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004301- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004302
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004303- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004304
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004305- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004306
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004307- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004308
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004309- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004310
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004311- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004312
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004313- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004314 SDRAM timing
4315
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004316- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004317 periodic timer for refresh
4318
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004319- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004320
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004321- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4322 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4323 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4324 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004325 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4326
4327- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004328 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4329 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004330 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4331
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004332- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4333 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004334 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4335 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004337- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004338 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4339 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4340
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004341- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004342 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4343 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4344
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004345- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004346 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4347 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4348
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004349- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004350 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4351 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4352 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4353 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004355- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4356 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4357 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4358 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4359 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4360 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4361 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4362 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004363 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004364
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004365- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4366 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4367 required.
4368
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004369- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004370 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004371 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4372 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4373 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4374 by coreboot or similar.
4375
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004376- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4377 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4378
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004379- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4380 Chip has SRIO or not
4381
4382- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4383 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4384
4385- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4386 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4387
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004388- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4389 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4390
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004391- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4392 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4393
4394- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4395 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4396
4397- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4398 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4399
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004400- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4401 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4402 a 16 bit bus.
4403 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004404 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004405 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004406 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004407
4408- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4409 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4410 a default value will be used.
4411
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004412- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004413 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4414 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4415
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004416 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4417 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4418
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004419- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004420 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4421 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4422 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004423
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004424- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4425 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4426 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4427 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4428 header files or board specific files.
4429
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004430- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4431 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4432
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004433- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4434 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4435
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004436- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4437 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4438
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004439- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004440 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4441 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004442
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004443- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4444 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4445
4446- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4447 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004448 to the given FEC; i. e.
4449 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004450 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4451
4452 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4453
4454- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4455 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4456 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4457
4458- CONFIG_RMII
4459 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4460 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4461 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4462
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004463- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4464 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4465 The syntax is:
4466
4467 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4468
4469 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4470 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4471 area should have.
4472
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004473- CONFIG_LOOPW
4474 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004475 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004476
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004477- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4478 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4479 "md/mw" commands.
4480 Examples:
4481
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004482 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004483 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4484
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004485 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004486 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4487
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004488 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004489 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004490
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004491- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004492 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004493 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4494 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4495 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004496
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004497 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4498 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4499 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4500 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004501
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004502- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
4503 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim90211f72016-07-20 22:56:12 +09004504 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004505 instruction cache) is still performed.
4506
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004507- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004508 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4509 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4510 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004511
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004512- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4513 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4514 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4515 It is loaded by the SPL.
4516
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004517- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4518 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4519 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4520 previous 4k of the .text section.
4521
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004522- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4523 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4524 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4525 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4526 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4527 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4528 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4529 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4530
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004531- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4532 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4533 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004534
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004535- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4536 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4537
4538 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004539
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004540- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4541 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4542
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004543- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4544 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4545 driver that uses this:
4546 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4547
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004548Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4549-----------------------------------
4550
4551The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4552loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4553This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4554are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4555within that device.
4556
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004557- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4558 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4559 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4560 is also specified.
4561
4562- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4563 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004564 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4565 is also specified.
4566
4567- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4568 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4569 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4570 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4571 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4572
4573- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4574 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4575 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4576 virtual address in NOR flash.
4577
4578- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4579 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4580 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4581
4582- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4583 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4584 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4585
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004586- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4587 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4588 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004589 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4590 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4591 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004592
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07004593Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4594---------------------------------------------------------
4595The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4596"firmware".
4597This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4598are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4599within that device.
4600
4601- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4602 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4603
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304604Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
4605-------------------------------------------
4606The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
4607"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
4608This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
4609
York Sunc0492142015-12-07 11:08:58 -08004610- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
4611 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304612
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02004613Reproducible builds
4614-------------------
4615
4616In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
4617process have to be set to a fixed value.
4618
4619This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
4620SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
4621option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
4622
4623SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
4624
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004625Building the Software:
4626======================
4627
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004628Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4629and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4630all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4631(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4632recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4633which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004634
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004635If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4636have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4637you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4638Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4639necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004640
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004641 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4642 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004643
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004644Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4645 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4646 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4647 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4648
4649 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4650
4651 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4652 be executed on computers running Windows.
4653
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004654U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4655sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004656is done by typing:
4657
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004658 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004659
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004660where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004661rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004662
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004663Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4664 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4665 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4666 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004667 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004668
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004669 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004670 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004671
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004672 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004673 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004674
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004675 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004676
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004677
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004678Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4679images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004680
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004681- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4682- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4683- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004684
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004685By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4686in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4687this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4688
46891. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4690
4691 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004692 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004693 make O=/tmp/build all
4694
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020046952. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004696
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004697 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004698 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004699 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004700 make all
4701
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004702Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004703variable.
4704
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4707for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4708native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004709
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004710
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004711If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4712to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4713steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004714
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +010047151. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004716 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +01004717 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
47182. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4719 your board.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000047203. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4721 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020047224. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000047235. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4724 to be installed on your target system.
47256. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4726 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004727
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004729Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4730==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004731
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004732If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4733or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004734provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4735the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004736official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004737
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004738But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4739cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004740the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06004741just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
4742configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
4743will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
4744for documentation.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004745
4746
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004747See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004749
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750Monitor Commands - Overview:
4751============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004752
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004753go - start application at address 'addr'
4754run - run commands in an environment variable
4755bootm - boot application image from memory
4756bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004757bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004758tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4759 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4760 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004761tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004762rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4763diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4764loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4765loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4766md - memory display
4767mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4768nm - memory modify (constant address)
4769mw - memory write (fill)
4770cp - memory copy
4771cmp - memory compare
4772crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004773i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004774sspi - SPI utility commands
4775base - print or set address offset
4776printenv- print environment variables
4777setenv - set environment variables
4778saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4779protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4780erase - erase FLASH memory
4781flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004782nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004783bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4784iminfo - print header information for application image
4785coninfo - print console devices and informations
4786ide - IDE sub-system
4787loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004788loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004789mtest - simple RAM test
4790icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4791dcache - enable or disable data cache
4792reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4793echo - echo args to console
4794version - print monitor version
4795help - print online help
4796? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004797
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004799Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4800========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004802TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004803
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004804For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004805
4806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807Environment Variables:
4808======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004809
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004810U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4811can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004813Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4814"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4815without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4816environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4817working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4818environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004819
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004820Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4821
4822List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004823
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004824 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004825
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004826 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004827
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004828 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004829
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004830 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004831
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004832 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004833
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004834 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4835 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4836 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4837 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4838 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4839 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004840 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4841 bootm_mapsize.
4842
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004843 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004844 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4845 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4846 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4847 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4848 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4849 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004850
4851 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4852 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4853 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4854 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4855 environment variable.
4856
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004857 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4858 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4859 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4860
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004861 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4862 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4863 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4864 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004865
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004866 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4867 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4868 be automatically started (by internally calling
4869 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004870
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004871 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4872 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4873 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4874 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4875 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004876
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004877 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4878 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004879 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4880 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4881 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4882 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4883 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4884 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4885 access it during the boot procedure.
4886
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004887 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4888 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4889 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4890 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4891 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4892 must be accessible by the kernel.
4893
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004894 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4895 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4896 defined.
4897
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004898 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4899 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4900 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4901 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4902 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4903
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004904 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4905 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4906 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4907 is usually what you want since it allows for
4908 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4909 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004910 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004911 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4912 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4913 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4914 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004915
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004916 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4917 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4918 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4919 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4920 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4921 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004923 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004924
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004925 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4926 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4927 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4928 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4929 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4930 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4931 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004932
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004933 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004935 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4936 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004937
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004938 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004940 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004941
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004942 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004943
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004944 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004945
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004946 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004947
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004948 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004949
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004950 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4951 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004952
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004953 => setenv ethact FEC
4954 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4955 => setenv ethact SCC
4956 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004957
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004958 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4959 available network interfaces.
4960 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4961
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004962 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004963 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4964 When set to "once" the network operation will
4965 fail when all the available network interfaces
4966 are tried once without success.
4967 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4968 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004969
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004970 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004971
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004972 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004973 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4974 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4975 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4976 is silent.
4977
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004978 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004979 UDP source port.
4980
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004981 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004982 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4983
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004984 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4985 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4986
4987 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4988 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4989 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4990 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4991 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4992 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4993 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4994
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004995 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
4996 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
4997 can happen during a single file transfer before that
4998 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
4999 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
5000 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
5001 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
5002
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005003 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005004 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005005 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005006
Alexandre Messier50768f52016-02-01 17:08:57 -05005007 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
5008 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
5009 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
5010 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
5011 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
5012
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005013The following image location variables contain the location of images
5014used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5015not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5016variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5017server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5018loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5019flash or offset in NAND flash.
5020
5021*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03005022boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005023boards use these variables for other purposes.
5024
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005025Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5026----- --------- ----------- --------------
5027u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5028Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5029device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5030ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005032The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5033updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5034depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005035
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005036 bootfile - see above
5037 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5038 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5039 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5040 hostname - Target hostname
5041 ipaddr - see above
5042 netmask - Subnet Mask
5043 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5044 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005045
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005046
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005047There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005048
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005049 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5050 as type string and/or serial number
5051 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005052
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005053These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5054the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5055once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005056
5057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005058Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005059
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005060 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5061 with the "version" command. This variable is
5062 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005063
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005064
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005065Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5066only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005067
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005068
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005069Callback functions for environment variables:
5070---------------------------------------------
5071
5072For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005073when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005074be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5075deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5076effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5077
5078The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5079U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5080
5081These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5082static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5083in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5084associations. The list must be in the following format:
5085
5086 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5087 list = entry[,list]
5088
5089If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5090Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5091
5092Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5093with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5094override any association in the static list. You can define
5095CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005096".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005097
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05005098If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5099regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5100the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5101
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005102
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005103Command Line Parsing:
5104=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005105
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005106There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5107the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005108
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005109Old, simple command line parser:
5110--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005111
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005112- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5113- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005114- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005115- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5116 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005117 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005118- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5119 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005120
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005121Hush shell:
5122-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005123
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005124- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5125 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5126 until...do...done, ...
5127- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5128 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5129 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5130 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005131
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005132General rules:
5133--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005134
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005135(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5136 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5137 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5138 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005139
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005140(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005141 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005142 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5143 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005144
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005145Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5146=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005147
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005148Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005149such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5150"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005152Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5153MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5154"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005156If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5157in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5158ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5159variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005160
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005161o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5162 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005164o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5165 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5166 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005167
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005168o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5169 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005170
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005171o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5172 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5173 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005174
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005175o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05005176 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5177 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005178
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005179If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005180will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005181may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5182The naming convention is as follows:
5183"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005184
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005185Image Formats:
5186==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005187
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005188U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5189images in two formats:
5190
5191New uImage format (FIT)
5192-----------------------
5193
5194Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5195to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5196components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5197SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5198
5199
5200Old uImage format
5201-----------------
5202
5203Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5204preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5205details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005206
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005207* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5208 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005209 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5210 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5211 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005212* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005213 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5214 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005215* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5216* Load Address
5217* Entry Point
5218* Image Name
5219* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005220
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005221The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5222and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5223CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005224
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005225
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005226Linux Support:
5227==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005229Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5230easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5231U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005232
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005233U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5234special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5235"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5236instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5237serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005238
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005239- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5240 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5241 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005242
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005243- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5244 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005245
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005246- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5247 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5248 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5249 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5250 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5251 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005252
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005253
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005254Linux HOWTO:
5255============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005256
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005257Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5258---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005260U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5261configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5262(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5263Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005264
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005265But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005266
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005267Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5268include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005269Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5270and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005271as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005272
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005273Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5274If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5275is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5276doc/driver-model.
5277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005278
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005279Configuring the Linux kernel:
5280-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005281
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005282No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5283device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005284
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005285
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005286Building a Linux Image:
5287-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005289With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5290not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5291"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5292U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5293which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5294100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005295
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005296Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005297
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005298 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005299 make oldconfig
5300 make dep
5301 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005302
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005303The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5304encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5305CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005306
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005307* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005308
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005309* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005310
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005311 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5312 -R .note -R .comment \
5313 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005314
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005315* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005316
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005317 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005318
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005319* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005321 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5322 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5323 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005324
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005326The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5327with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5328combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5329byte header containing information about target architecture,
5330operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5331stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005332
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005333"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5334print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005335
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005336In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5337contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5338checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005339
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005340 tools/mkimage -l image
5341 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005342
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005343The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5344from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005345
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005346 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5347 -n name -d data_file image
5348 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5349 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5350 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5351 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5352 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5353 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5354 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5355 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005356
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005357Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5358address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5359kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005360
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005361- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5362- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005363
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005364So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005365
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005366 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5367 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005368 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005369 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5370 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5371 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5372 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5373 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5374 Load Address: 0x00000000
5375 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005376
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005377To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005378
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005379 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5380 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5381 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5382 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5383 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5384 Load Address: 0x00000000
5385 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005386
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005387NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5388speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5389needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5390need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005391
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005392 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005393 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5394 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005395 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005396 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5397 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5398 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5399 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5400 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5401 Load Address: 0x00000000
5402 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005403
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005404
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005405Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5406when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005407
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005408 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5409 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5410 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5411 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5412 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5413 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5414 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5415 Load Address: 0x00000000
5416 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005417
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005418The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5419option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5420option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5421from the image:
5422
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005423 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5424 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5425 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5426 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005427
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005428
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005429Installing a Linux Image:
5430-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005431
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005432To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5433you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005434
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005435 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005436
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005437The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5438image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5439address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5440specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5441command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005442
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005443Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5444TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005445
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005446 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005447
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005448 .......... done
5449 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005450
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005451 => loads 40100000
5452 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5453 ~>examples/image.srec
5454 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5455 ...
5456 15989 15990 15991 15992
5457 [file transfer complete]
5458 [connected]
5459 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005460
5461
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005462You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005463this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005464corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005465
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005466 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005467
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005468 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5469 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5470 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5471 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5472 Load Address: 00000000
5473 Entry Point: 0000000c
5474 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005475
5476
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005477Boot Linux:
5478-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005479
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005480The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5481memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5482of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5483parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5484"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005485
5486
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005487 => printenv bootargs
5488 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005489
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005490 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005491
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005492 => printenv bootargs
5493 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005495 => bootm 40020000
5496 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5497 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5498 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5499 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5500 Load Address: 00000000
5501 Entry Point: 0000000c
5502 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5503 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5504 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5505 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5506 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5507 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5508 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5509 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005510
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005511If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005512the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5513format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005514
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005515 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005516
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005517 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5518 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5519 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5520 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5521 Load Address: 00000000
5522 Entry Point: 0000000c
5523 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005524
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005525 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5526 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5527 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5528 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5529 Load Address: 00000000
5530 Entry Point: 00000000
5531 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005533 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5534 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5535 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5536 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5537 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5538 Load Address: 00000000
5539 Entry Point: 0000000c
5540 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5541 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5542 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5543 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5544 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5545 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5546 Load Address: 00000000
5547 Entry Point: 00000000
5548 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5549 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5550 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5551 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5552 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5553 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5554 ...
5555 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5556 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005557
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005558 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005559
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005560Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5561-----------
5562
5563First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5564titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5565following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5566flat device tree:
5567
5568=> print oftaddr
5569oftaddr=0x300000
5570=> print oft
5571oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5572=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5573Speed: 1000, full duplex
5574Using TSEC0 device
5575TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5576Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5577Load address: 0x300000
5578Loading: #
5579done
5580Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5581=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5582Speed: 1000, full duplex
5583Using TSEC0 device
5584TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5585Filename 'uImage'.
5586Load address: 0x200000
5587Loading:############
5588done
5589Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5590=> print loadaddr
5591loadaddr=200000
5592=> print oftaddr
5593oftaddr=0x300000
5594=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5595## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005596 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5597 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5598 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005599 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005600 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005601 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5602 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5603Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5604Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5605Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5606[snip]
5607
5608
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005609More About U-Boot Image Types:
5610------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005611
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005612U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005613
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005614 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5615 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5616 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5617 the Standalone Program.
5618 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5619 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5620 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5621 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5622 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5623 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5624 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5625 being started.
5626 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5627 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5628 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5629 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5630 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5631 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005632
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005633 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5634 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5635 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5636 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5637 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5638 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005639
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005640 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5641 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5642 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005644 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5645 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5646 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5647 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005648
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005649Booting the Linux zImage:
5650-------------------------
5651
5652On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5653using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5654as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5655
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005656Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005657kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5658address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5659format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5660
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005661
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005662Standalone HOWTO:
5663=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005664
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005665One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5666run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5667U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005668
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005669Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005670
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005671"Hello World" Demo:
5672-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005673
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005674'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5675application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5676It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5677like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005678
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005679 => loads
5680 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5681 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5682 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5683 [file transfer complete]
5684 [connected]
5685 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005686
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005687 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5688 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5689 Hello World
5690 argc = 7
5691 argv[0] = "40004"
5692 argv[1] = "Hello"
5693 argv[2] = "World!"
5694 argv[3] = "This"
5695 argv[4] = "is"
5696 argv[5] = "a"
5697 argv[6] = "test."
5698 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5699 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005701 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005702
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005703Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5704handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5705Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5706The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5707character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5708controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005709
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005710 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5711 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5712 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5713 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005714
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005715 => loads
5716 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5717 ~>examples/timer.srec
5718 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5719 [file transfer complete]
5720 [connected]
5721 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005723 => go 40004
5724 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5725 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5726 Using timer 1
5727 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005729Hit 'b':
5730 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5731 Enabling timer
5732Hit '?':
5733 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5734 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5735Hit '?':
5736 [q, b, e, ?] .
5737 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5738Hit '?':
5739 [q, b, e, ?] .
5740 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5741Hit '?':
5742 [q, b, e, ?] .
5743 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5744Hit 'e':
5745 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5746Hit 'q':
5747 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005748
5749
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005750Minicom warning:
5751================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005752
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005753Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5754"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5755consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5756Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5757especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005758use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5759http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5760for help with kermit.
5761
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005762
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005763Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5764configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005766 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5767 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5768 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005769
5770
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005771NetBSD Notes:
5772=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005774Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5775(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005776
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005777Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5778NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5779need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5780Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5781attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5782missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005784 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5785 # mkdir powerpc
5786 # ln -s powerpc machine
5787 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5788 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005790Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5791and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005792
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005793Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5794stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5795proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5796tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005797meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005798
5799
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005800Implementation Internals:
5801=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005803The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5804implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5805inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5806hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005807
5808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005809Initial Stack, Global Data:
5810---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005811
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005812The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5813starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5814system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5815This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5816is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5817at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5818options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5819models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5820MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5821locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005822
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005823 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005824 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005825
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005826 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5827 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5828 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5829 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005830
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005831 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5832 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5833 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5834 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5835 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005836 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005837 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5838 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005840 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5841 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005842 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005843 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5844 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5845 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5846 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005847
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005848 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005849 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5850 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005851 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005852 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5853 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5854 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5855 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5856 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005857
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005858 -Chris Hallinan
5859 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005860
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005861It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5862code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005863
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005864* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5865 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005866
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005867* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005868 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5869 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005870
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005871* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5872 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005873
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005874Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005875normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005876turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5877simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5878functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5879functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5880the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5881place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5882reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005883
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005884When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5885relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5886GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005887
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005888For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5889 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005890 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005891 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5892 R5-R10: parameter passing
5893 R13: small data area pointer
5894 R30: GOT pointer
5895 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005896
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005897 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5898 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5899 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005900
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005901 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005903 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5904 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5905 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5906 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5907 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5908 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005910On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005911
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005912 R0: function argument word/integer result
5913 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005914 R9: platform specific
5915 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005916 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5917 R12: temporary workspace
5918 R13: stack pointer
5919 R14: link register
5920 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005921
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005922 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5923
5924 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005925
Thomas Chou0df01fd32010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005926On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5927 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5928
5929 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5930
5931 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5932 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5933
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005934On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5935
5936 R0-R1: argument/return
5937 R2-R5: argument
5938 R15: temporary register for assembler
5939 R16: trampoline register
5940 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5941 R29: global pointer (GP)
5942 R30: link register (LP)
5943 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5944 PC: program counter (PC)
5945
5946 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5947
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005948NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5949or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005950
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005951Memory Management:
5952------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005953
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005954U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5955MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005956
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005957The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5958controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5959memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5960physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005961
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005962U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5963TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5964booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5965to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005966memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005967configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5968Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005969
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005970Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5971of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005972
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005973So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5974this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005975
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005976 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5977 :
5978 0x0000 1FFF
5979 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5980 :
5981 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005982
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005983 :
5984 :
5985 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5986 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5987 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5988 :
5989 0x00FD FFFF
5990 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5991 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5992 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5993 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005994
5995
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005996System Initialization:
5997----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005999In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006000(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006001configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006002To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6003To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6004initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6005which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6006part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6007the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006009Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6010preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6011(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6012on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6013programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6014simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6015banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006016
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006017When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6018different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6019bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
60200x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6021contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006022
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006023Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6024and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6025Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6026pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006028Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6029until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6030running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6031new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006032
6033
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006034U-Boot Porting Guide:
6035----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006036
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006037[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6038list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006039
6040
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006041int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006042{
6043 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006044
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006045 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6046 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006048 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006049 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006050 return 0;
6051 }
6052
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006053 Download latest U-Boot source;
6054
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006055 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006056
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006057 if (clueless)
6058 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006059
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006060 while (learning) {
6061 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006062 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6063 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006064 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006065 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006066 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006067
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006068 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6069 Buy a BDI3000;
6070 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006071 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006072
6073 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6074 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6075 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6076 } else {
6077 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6078 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006079 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006080 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6081 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006082
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006083 while (!accepted) {
6084 while (!running) {
6085 do {
6086 Add / modify source code;
6087 } until (compiles);
6088 Debug;
6089 if (clueless)
6090 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6091 }
6092 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6093 if (reasonable critiques)
6094 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6095 else
6096 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006097 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006098
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006099 return 0;
6100}
6101
6102void no_more_time (int sig)
6103{
6104 hire_a_guru();
6105}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006106
6107
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006108Coding Standards:
6109-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006110
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006111All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006112coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006113"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006114
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006115Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6116MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006117reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006118sources.
6119
6120Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6121Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6122in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006123
6124Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6125- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006126- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006127- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006128- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006129- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6130
6131Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6132with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006133
6134
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006135Submitting Patches:
6136-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006137
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006138Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6139establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6140may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006141
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006142Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006143
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006144Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6145see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6146
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006147When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6148it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006150* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6151 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6152 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006153
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006154* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6155 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006156
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006157* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6158
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -05006159* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
6160 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006161
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006162* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6163 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006164
6165* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6166 document these in the README file.
6167
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006168* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6169 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006170 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006171 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6172 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006173
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006174 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6175 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6176 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006177
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006178 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6179 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6180 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6181 affected files).
6182
6183 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6184 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006185
6186* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6187 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6188
6189* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6190 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6191
6192
6193Notes:
6194
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06006195* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006196 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6197 for any of the boards.
6198
6199* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6200 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6201 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6202
6203* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6204 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6205 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6206 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6207 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6208 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006209
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006210* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6211 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6212 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6213 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.